xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision e8f2c9dc)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
458 */
459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
462 
463 /*
464 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
465 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
466 **
467 ** eState
468 **
469 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
470 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
471 **
472 ** eLock
473 **
474 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
475 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
476 **
477 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
478 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
479 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
480 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
481 **   need (and no reason to release them).
482 **
483 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
484 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
485 **   details.
486 **
487 ** changeCountDone
488 **
489 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
490 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
491 **   not updated more often than necessary.
492 **
493 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
494 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
495 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
496 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
497 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
498 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
499 **
500 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
501 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
502 **   committed.
503 **
504 ** setMaster
505 **
506 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
507 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
508 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
509 **
510 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
511 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
512 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
513 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
514 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
515 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
516 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
517 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
518 **
519 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
520 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
521 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
522 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
523 **
524 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
525 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
526 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
527 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
528 **
529 ** doNotSpill
530 **
531 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
532 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
533 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
534 **
535 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
536 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
537 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
538 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
539 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
540 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
541 **   case is a user preference.
542 **
543 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
544 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
545 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
546 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
547 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
548 **
549 ** subjInMemory
550 **
551 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
552 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
553 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
554 **
555 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
556 **   write-transaction is opened.
557 **
558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
559 **
560 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
561 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
562 **   OPEN and ERROR).
563 **
564 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
565 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
566 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
567 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
568 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
569 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
570 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
571 **   to dbSize==1).
572 **
573 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
574 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
575 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
576 **   dbSize is updated.
577 **
578 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
579 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
580 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
581 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
582 **   being modified.
583 **
584 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
585 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
586 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
587 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
588 **
589 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
590 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
591 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
592 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
593 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
594 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
595 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
596 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
597 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
598 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
599 **
600 ** dbHintSize
601 **
602 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
603 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
604 **
605 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
606 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
607 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
608 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
609 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
610 **   details.
611 **
612 ** errCode
613 **
614 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
615 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
616 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
617 **   sub-codes.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
628   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
650   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
651   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
652   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
653   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
654   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
655   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
656   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
657   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
658   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
659   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
660   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
661   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
662   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
663   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
664   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
665   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
666   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
667 
668   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
669   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
670   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
671   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
672   /*
673   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
674   ***************************************************************************/
675 
676   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
677   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
678   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
679   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
680   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
681   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
682   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
683   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
684   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
685   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
686   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
687   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
688 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
689   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
690 #endif
691   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
693   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
694   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
695   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
696   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
697 #endif
698   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
699   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
700 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
701   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
702   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
703 #endif
704 };
705 
706 /*
707 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
708 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
709 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
710 */
711 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
712 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
713 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
714 
715 /*
716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
717 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
718 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
719 */
720 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
725 #else
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
727 #endif
728 
729 
730 
731 /*
732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
733 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
734 **
735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
736 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
738 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
741 ** journal and ignore it.
742 **
743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
747 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
751 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
753 */
754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
755   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
756 };
757 
758 /*
759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
760 ** the following macro.
761 */
762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
763 
764 /*
765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
767 */
768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
769 
770 /*
771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
774 ** out code that would never execute.
775 */
776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
777 # define MEMDB 0
778 #else
779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
780 #endif
781 
782 /*
783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
785 */
786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
788 #else
789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
790 #endif
791 
792 /*
793 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
794 */
795 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
796 
797 /*
798 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
799 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
800 **
801 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
802 **
803 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
804 **
805 ** instead of
806 **
807 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
808 */
809 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
810 
811 /*
812 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
813 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
814 */
815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
816 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
817   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
818 }
819 #else
820 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
821 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
822 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
823 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
824 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
825 #endif
826 
827 #ifndef NDEBUG
828 /*
829 ** Usage:
830 **
831 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
832 **
833 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
834 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
835 */
836 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
837   Pager *pPager = p;
838 
839   /* State must be valid. */
840   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
841        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
842        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
843        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
844        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
845        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
846        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
847   );
848 
849   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
850   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
851   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
852   */
853   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
854   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
855 
856   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
857   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
858   */
859   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
860   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
861 
862   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
863   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
864   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
865   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
866   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
867   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
868   ** state.
869   */
870   if( MEMDB ){
871     assert( p->noSync );
872     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
873          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
874     );
875     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
876     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
877   }
878 
879   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
880   ** on the file.
881   */
882   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
883   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
884 
885   switch( p->eState ){
886     case PAGER_OPEN:
887       assert( !MEMDB );
888       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
889       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
890       break;
891 
892     case PAGER_READER:
893       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
894       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
895       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
896       break;
897 
898     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
899       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
900       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
901       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
902         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
903       }
904       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
905       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
906       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
907       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
908       break;
909 
910     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
911       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
912       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
913       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
914         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
915         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
916         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
917         ** to journal_mode=wal.
918         */
919         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
920         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
921              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
922              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
923         );
924       }
925       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
926       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
927       break;
928 
929     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
930       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
931       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
932       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
933       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
934       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
935            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
936            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
937       );
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
939       break;
940 
941     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
942       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
943       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
944       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
945       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
946            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
947            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
948       );
949       break;
950 
951     case PAGER_ERROR:
952       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
953       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
954       ** back to OPEN state.
955       */
956       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
958       break;
959   }
960 
961   return 1;
962 }
963 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
964 
965 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
966 /*
967 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
968 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
969 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
970 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
971 **
972 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
973 */
974 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
975   static char zRet[1024];
976 
977   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
978       "Filename:      %s\n"
979       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
980       "Lock:          %s\n"
981       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
982       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
983       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
984       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
985       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
986       , p->zFilename
987       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
988         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
989         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
990         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
991         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
992         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
993         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
994       , (int)p->errCode
995       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
996         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
997         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
998         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
999         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1000       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1001       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1002         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1003         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1004         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1005         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1006         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1007       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1008       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1009       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1010   );
1011 
1012   return zRet;
1013 }
1014 #endif
1015 
1016 /*
1017 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1018 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1019 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1020 **
1021 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1022 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1023 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1024 */
1025 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1026   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1027   PagerSavepoint *p;
1028   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1029   int i;
1030   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1031     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1032     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1033       return 1;
1034     }
1035   }
1036   return 0;
1037 }
1038 
1039 /*
1040 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1041 */
1042 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1043   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1044 }
1045 
1046 /*
1047 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1048 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1049 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1050 **
1051 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1052 */
1053 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1054   unsigned char ac[4];
1055   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1056   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1057     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1058   }
1059   return rc;
1060 }
1061 
1062 /*
1063 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1064 */
1065 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1066 
1067 
1068 /*
1069 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1070 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1071 */
1072 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1073   char ac[4];
1074   put32bits(ac, val);
1075   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1076 }
1077 
1078 /*
1079 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1080 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1081 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1082 **
1083 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1084 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1085 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1086 */
1087 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1088   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1089 
1090   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1091   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1092   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1093   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1094     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1095     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1096     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1097       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1098     }
1099     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1100   }
1101   return rc;
1102 }
1103 
1104 /*
1105 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1106 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1107 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1108 **
1109 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1110 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1111 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1112 ** of this.
1113 */
1114 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1115   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1116 
1117   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1118   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1119     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1120     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1121       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1122       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1123     }
1124   }
1125   return rc;
1126 }
1127 
1128 /*
1129 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1130 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1131 **
1132 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1133 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1134 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1135 **      to the page size.
1136 **
1137 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1138 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1139 ** database.
1140 **
1141 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1142 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1143 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1144 */
1145 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1146 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1147   assert( !MEMDB );
1148   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1149     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1150     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1151     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1152 
1153     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1154     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1155     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1156     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1157 
1158     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1159     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1160     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1161       return 0;
1162     }
1163   }
1164 
1165   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1166 }
1167 #endif
1168 
1169 /*
1170 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1171 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1172 ** and debugging only.
1173 */
1174 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1175 /*
1176 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1177 */
1178 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1179   u32 hash = 0;
1180   int i;
1181   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1182     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1183   }
1184   return hash;
1185 }
1186 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1187   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1188 }
1189 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1190   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1191 }
1192 
1193 /*
1194 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1195 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1196 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1197 */
1198 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1199 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1200   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1201   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1202   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1203 }
1204 
1205 #else
1206 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1207 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1208 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1209 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1210 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1211 
1212 /*
1213 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1214 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1215 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1216 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1217 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1218 **
1219 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1220 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1221 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1222 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1223 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1224 ** were present in the journal.
1225 **
1226 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1227 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1228 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1229 ** journal file name.
1230 **
1231 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1232 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1233 **
1234 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1235 ** error code is returned.
1236 */
1237 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1238   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1239   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1240   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1241   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1242   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1243   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1244   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1245 
1246   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1247    || szJ<16
1248    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1249    || len>=nMaster
1250    || len==0
1251    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1252    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1253    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1254    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1255   ){
1256     return rc;
1257   }
1258 
1259   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1260   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1261     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1262   }
1263   if( cksum ){
1264     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1265     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1266     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1267     ** master-journal filename.
1268     */
1269     len = 0;
1270   }
1271   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1272 
1273   return SQLITE_OK;
1274 }
1275 
1276 /*
1277 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1278 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1279 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1280 **
1281 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1282 **
1283 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1284 **   ---------------------------------------
1285 **   0                         0
1286 **   512                       512
1287 **   100                       512
1288 **   2000                      2048
1289 **
1290 */
1291 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1292   i64 offset = 0;
1293   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1294   if( c ){
1295     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1296   }
1297   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1298   assert( offset>=c );
1299   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1300   return offset;
1301 }
1302 
1303 /*
1304 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1305 **
1306 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1307 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1308 **
1309 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1310 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1311 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1312 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1313 ** after writing or truncating it.
1314 **
1315 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1316 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1317 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1318 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1319 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1320 **
1321 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1322 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1323 */
1324 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1325   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1326   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1327   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1328     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1329 
1330     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1331     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1332       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1333     }else{
1334       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1335       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1336     }
1337     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1338       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1339     }
1340 
1341     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1342     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1343     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1344     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1345     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1346     */
1347     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1348       i64 sz;
1349       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1350       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1351         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1352       }
1353     }
1354   }
1355   return rc;
1356 }
1357 
1358 /*
1359 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1360 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1361 ** current location.
1362 **
1363 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1364 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1365 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1366 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1367 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1368 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1369 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1370 **
1371 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1372 */
1373 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1374   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1375   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1376   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1377   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1378   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1379 
1380   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1381 
1382   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1383     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1384   }
1385 
1386   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1387   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1388   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1389   */
1390   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1391     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1392       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1393     }
1394   }
1395 
1396   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1397 
1398   /*
1399   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1400   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1401   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1402   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1403   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1404   **
1405   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1406   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1407   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1408   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1409   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1410   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1411   **
1412   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1413   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1414   **
1415   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1416   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1417   */
1418   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1419   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1420    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1421   ){
1422     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1423     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1424   }else{
1425     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1426   }
1427 
1428   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1429   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1430   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1431   /* The initial database size */
1432   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1433   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1434   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1435 
1436   /* The page size */
1437   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1438 
1439   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1440   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1441   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1442   ** take the performance hit.
1443   */
1444   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1445          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1446 
1447   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1448   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1449   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1450   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1451   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1452   **
1453   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1454   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1455   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1456   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1457   ** is done.
1458   **
1459   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1460   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1461   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1462   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1463   */
1464   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1465     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1466     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1467     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1468     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1469   }
1470 
1471   return rc;
1472 }
1473 
1474 /*
1475 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1476 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1477 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1478 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1479 ** a description of the journal header format.
1480 **
1481 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1482 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1483 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1484 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1485 ** in this case.
1486 **
1487 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1488 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1489 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1490 */
1491 static int readJournalHdr(
1492   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1493   int isHot,
1494   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1495   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1496   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1497 ){
1498   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1499   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1500   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1501 
1502   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1503 
1504   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1505   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1506   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1507   */
1508   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1509   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1510     return SQLITE_DONE;
1511   }
1512   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1513 
1514   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1515   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1516   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1517   ** proceed.
1518   */
1519   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1520     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1521     if( rc ){
1522       return rc;
1523     }
1524     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1525       return SQLITE_DONE;
1526     }
1527   }
1528 
1529   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1530   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1531   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1532   */
1533   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1534    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1535    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1536   ){
1537     return rc;
1538   }
1539 
1540   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1541     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1542     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1543 
1544     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1545     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1546      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1547     ){
1548       return rc;
1549     }
1550 
1551     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1552     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1553     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1554     */
1555     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1556       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1557     }
1558 
1559     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1560     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1561     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1562     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1563     */
1564     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1565      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1566      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1567     ){
1568       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1569       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1570       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1571       ** the journal file here.
1572       */
1573       return SQLITE_DONE;
1574     }
1575 
1576     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1577     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1578     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1579     */
1580     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1581     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1582 
1583     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1584     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1585     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1586     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1587     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1588     */
1589     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1590   }
1591 
1592   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1593   return rc;
1594 }
1595 
1596 
1597 /*
1598 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1599 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1600 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1601 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1602 ** anything is written. The format is:
1603 **
1604 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1605 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1606 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1607 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1608 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1609 **
1610 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1611 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1612 **
1613 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1614 ** this call is a no-op.
1615 */
1616 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1617   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1618   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1619   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1620   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1621   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1622 
1623   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1624   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1625 
1626   if( !zMaster
1627    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1628    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1629   ){
1630     return SQLITE_OK;
1631   }
1632   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1633   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1634 
1635   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1636   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1637     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1638   }
1639 
1640   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1641   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1642   ** the journal has already been synced.
1643   */
1644   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1645     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1646   }
1647   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1648 
1649   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1650   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1651   */
1652   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1653    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1654    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1655    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1656    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1657   ){
1658     return rc;
1659   }
1660   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1661 
1662   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1663   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1664   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1665   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1666   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1667   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1668   **
1669   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1670   ** file to the required size.
1671   */
1672   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1673    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1674   ){
1675     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1676   }
1677   return rc;
1678 }
1679 
1680 /*
1681 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
1682 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
1683 ** already in memory.
1684 */
1685 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1686   PgHdr *p = 0;                     /* Return value */
1687 
1688   /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
1689   ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
1690   */
1691   (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
1692   return p;
1693 }
1694 
1695 /*
1696 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1697 */
1698 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1699   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1700   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1701 }
1702 
1703 /*
1704 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1705 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1706 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1707 */
1708 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1709   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1710   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1711     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1712   }
1713   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1714     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1715   }
1716   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1717   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1718   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1719   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1720 }
1721 
1722 /*
1723 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1724 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1725 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1726 */
1727 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1728   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1729   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1730 
1731   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1732     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1733     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1734       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1735       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1736       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1737     }
1738   }
1739   return rc;
1740 }
1741 
1742 /*
1743 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1744 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1745 ** state.
1746 **
1747 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1748 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1749 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1750 ** closed (if it is open).
1751 **
1752 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1753 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1754 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1755 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1756 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1757 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1758 */
1759 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1760 
1761   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1762        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1763        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1764   );
1765 
1766   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1767   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1768   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1769 
1770   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1771     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1772     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1773     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1774   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1775     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1776     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1777 
1778     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1779     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1780     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1781     ** out from under us.
1782     */
1783     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1784     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1785     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1786     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1787     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1788     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1789     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1790      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1791     ){
1792       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1793     }
1794 
1795     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1796     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1797     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1798     ** is necessary.
1799     */
1800     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1801     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1802       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1803     }
1804 
1805     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1806     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1807     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1808     */
1809     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1810     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1811     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1812   }
1813 
1814   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1815   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1816   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1817   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1818   */
1819   if( pPager->errCode ){
1820     assert( !MEMDB );
1821     pager_reset(pPager);
1822     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1823     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1824     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1825     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1826   }
1827 
1828   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1829   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1830   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1831 }
1832 
1833 /*
1834 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1835 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1836 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1837 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1838 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1839 **
1840 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1841 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1842 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1843 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1844 **
1845 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1846 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1847 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1848 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1849 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1850 ** it were a hot-journal).
1851 */
1852 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1853   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1854   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1855   assert(
1856        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1857        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1858        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1859   );
1860   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1861     pPager->errCode = rc;
1862     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1863   }
1864   return rc;
1865 }
1866 
1867 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1868 
1869 /*
1870 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1871 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1872 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1873 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1874 ** database transaction.
1875 **
1876 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1877 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1878 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1879 **
1880 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1881 **
1882 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1883 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1884 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1885 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1886 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1887 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1888 **
1889 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1890 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1891 **     in-memory journal.
1892 **
1893 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1894 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1895 **
1896 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1897 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1898 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1899 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1900 **
1901 **   journalMode==DELETE
1902 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1903 **
1904 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1905 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1906 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1907 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1908 **
1909 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1910 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1911 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1912 **
1913 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1914 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1915 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1916 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1917 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1918 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1919 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1920 ** returned.
1921 */
1922 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1923   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1924   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1925 
1926   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1927   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1928   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1929   ** held under two circumstances:
1930   **
1931   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1932   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1933   **
1934   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1935   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1936   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1937   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1938   */
1939   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1940   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1941   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1942     return SQLITE_OK;
1943   }
1944 
1945   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1946   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1947   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1948     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1949 
1950     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1951     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1952       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1953       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1954     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1955       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1956         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1957       }else{
1958         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1959       }
1960       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1961     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1962       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1963     ){
1964       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1965       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1966     }else{
1967       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1968       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1969       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1970       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1971       */
1972       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1973       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1974            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1975            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1976       );
1977       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1978       if( bDelete ){
1979         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1980       }
1981     }
1982   }
1983 
1984 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1985   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1986   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1987     PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
1988     if( p ){
1989       p->pageHash = 0;
1990       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
1991     }
1992   }
1993 #endif
1994 
1995   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1996   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1997   pPager->nRec = 0;
1998   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
1999   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2000 
2001   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2002     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2003     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2004     ** lock held on the database file.
2005     */
2006     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2007     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2008   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2009     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2010     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2011     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2012     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2013     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2014     ** required size.  */
2015     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2016     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2017   }
2018 
2019   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2020     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2021     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2022   }
2023 
2024   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2025    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2026   ){
2027     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2028     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2029   }
2030   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2031   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2032 
2033   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2034 }
2035 
2036 /*
2037 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2038 ** database file.
2039 **
2040 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2041 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2042 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2043 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2044 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2045 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2046 ** will roll it back.
2047 **
2048 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2049 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2050 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2051 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2052 */
2053 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2054   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2055     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2056     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2057       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2058       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2059       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2060     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2061       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2062       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2063     }
2064   }
2065   pager_unlock(pPager);
2066 }
2067 
2068 /*
2069 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2070 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2071 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2072 **
2073 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2074 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2075 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2076 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2077 **
2078 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2079 ** incompatible journal file format.
2080 **
2081 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2082 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2083 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2084 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2085 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2086 */
2087 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2088   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2089   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2090   while( i>0 ){
2091     cksum += aData[i];
2092     i -= 200;
2093   }
2094   return cksum;
2095 }
2096 
2097 /*
2098 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2099 ** to the codec.
2100 */
2101 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2102 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2103   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2104     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2105                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2106   }
2107 }
2108 #else
2109 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2110 #endif
2111 
2112 /*
2113 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2114 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2115 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2116 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2117 **
2118 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2119 ** not.
2120 **
2121 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2122 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2123 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2124 **
2125 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2126 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2127 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2128 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2129 ** prior to returning.
2130 **
2131 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2132 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2133 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2134 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2135 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2136 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2137 ** two circumstances:
2138 **
2139 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2140 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2141 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2142 **
2143 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2144 **
2145 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2146 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2147 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2148 */
2149 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2150   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2151   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2152   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2153   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2154   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2155 ){
2156   int rc;
2157   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2158   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2159   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2160   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2161   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2162   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2163 
2164   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2165   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2166   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2167   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2168 
2169   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2170   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2171   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2172 
2173   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2174   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2175   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2176   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2177   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2178   */
2179   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2180        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2181   );
2182   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2183 
2184   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2185   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2186   */
2187   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2188   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2189   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2190   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2191   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2192   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2193 
2194   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2195   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2196   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2197   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2198   */
2199   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2200     assert( !isSavepnt );
2201     return SQLITE_DONE;
2202   }
2203   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2204     return SQLITE_OK;
2205   }
2206   if( isMainJrnl ){
2207     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2208     if( rc ) return rc;
2209     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2210       return SQLITE_DONE;
2211     }
2212   }
2213 
2214   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
2215   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2216   */
2217   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2218     return rc;
2219   }
2220 
2221   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2222   */
2223   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2224     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2225     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2226   }
2227 
2228   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2229   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2230   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2231   **
2232   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2233   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2234   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2235   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2236   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2237   ** assert()able.
2238   **
2239   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2240   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2241   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2242   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2243   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2244   **
2245   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2246   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2247   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2248   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2249   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2250   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2251   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2252   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2253   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2254   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2255   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2256   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2257   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2258   **
2259   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2260   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2261   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2262   */
2263   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2264     pPg = 0;
2265   }else{
2266     pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
2267   }
2268   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2269   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2270   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2271            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2272            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2273   ));
2274   if( isMainJrnl ){
2275     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2276   }else{
2277     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2278   }
2279   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2280    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2281    && isSynced
2282   ){
2283     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2284     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2285     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2286     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2287     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2288       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2289     }
2290     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2291       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2292       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2293       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2294     }
2295   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2296     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2297     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2298     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2299     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2300     ** current.
2301     **
2302     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2303     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2304     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2305     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2306     **
2307     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2308     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2309     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2310     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2311     */
2312     assert( isSavepnt );
2313     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2314     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2315     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2316     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2317     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2318     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2319     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2320     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2321   }
2322   if( pPg ){
2323     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2324     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2325     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2326     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2327     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2328     */
2329     void *pData;
2330     pData = pPg->pData;
2331     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2332     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2333     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2334       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2335       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2336       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2337       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2338       ** database.
2339       **
2340       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2341       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2342       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2343       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2344       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2345       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2346       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2347       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2348       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2349       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2350       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2351       ** database corruption may ensue.
2352       */
2353       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2354       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2355     }
2356     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2357 
2358     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2359     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2360     if( pgno==1 ){
2361       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2362     }
2363 
2364     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2365     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2366     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2367   }
2368   return rc;
2369 }
2370 
2371 /*
2372 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2373 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2374 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2375 ** and does so if it is.
2376 **
2377 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2378 ** available for use within this function.
2379 **
2380 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2381 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2382 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2383 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2384 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2385 **
2386 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2387 **
2388 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2389 ** journals have been rolled back.
2390 **
2391 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2392 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2393 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2394 **
2395 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2396 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2397 **     file zMaster
2398 **
2399 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2400 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2401 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2402 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2403 **
2404 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2405 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2406 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2407 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2408 **
2409 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2410 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2411 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2412 ** size.
2413 */
2414 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2415   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2416   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2417   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2418   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2419   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2420   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2421   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2422   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2423   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2424 
2425   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2426   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2427   */
2428   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2429   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2430   if( !pMaster ){
2431     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2432   }else{
2433     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2434     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2435   }
2436   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2437 
2438   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2439   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2440   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2441   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2442   */
2443   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2444   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2445   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2446   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2447   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2448     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2449     goto delmaster_out;
2450   }
2451   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2452   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2453   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2454   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2455 
2456   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2457   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2458     int exists;
2459     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2460     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2461       goto delmaster_out;
2462     }
2463     if( exists ){
2464       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2465       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2466       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2467       */
2468       int c;
2469       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2470       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2471       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2472         goto delmaster_out;
2473       }
2474 
2475       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2476       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2477       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2478         goto delmaster_out;
2479       }
2480 
2481       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2482       if( c ){
2483         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2484         goto delmaster_out;
2485       }
2486     }
2487     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2488   }
2489 
2490   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2491   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2492 
2493 delmaster_out:
2494   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2495   if( pMaster ){
2496     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2497     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2498     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2499   }
2500   return rc;
2501 }
2502 
2503 
2504 /*
2505 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2506 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2507 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2508 **
2509 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2510 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2511 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2512 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2513 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2514 **
2515 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2516 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2517 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2518 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2519 ** the end of the new file instead.
2520 **
2521 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2522 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2523 */
2524 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2525   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2526   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2527   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2528 
2529   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2530    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2531   ){
2532     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2533     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2534     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2535     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2536     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2537     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2538     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2539       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2540         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2541       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2542         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2543         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2544         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2545         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2546         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2547       }
2548       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2549         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2550       }
2551     }
2552   }
2553   return rc;
2554 }
2555 
2556 /*
2557 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2558 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2559 */
2560 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2561   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2562   if( iRet<32 ){
2563     iRet = 512;
2564   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2565     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2566     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2567   }
2568   return iRet;
2569 }
2570 
2571 /*
2572 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2573 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2574 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
2575 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2576 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2577 **
2578 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2579 **
2580 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2581 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2582 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2583 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2584 **
2585 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2586 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2587 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2588 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2589 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2590 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2591 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2592 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2593 */
2594 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2595   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2596 
2597   if( pPager->tempFile
2598    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2599               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2600   ){
2601     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2602     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2603     ** call will segfault. */
2604     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2605   }else{
2606     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2607   }
2608 }
2609 
2610 /*
2611 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2612 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2613 **
2614 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2615 **
2616 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2617 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2618 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2619 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2620 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2621 **       sanity checksum.
2622 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2623 **       database to during a rollback.
2624 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2625 **       is this many bytes in size.
2626 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2627 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2628 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2629 **        +  4 byte page number.
2630 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2631 **        +  4 byte checksum
2632 **
2633 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2634 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2635 **
2636 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2637 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2638 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2639 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2640 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2641 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2642 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2643 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2644 **
2645 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2646 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2647 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2648 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2649 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2650 **
2651 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2652 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2653 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2654 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2655 ** been encountered.
2656 **
2657 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2658 ** and an error code is returned.
2659 **
2660 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2661 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2662 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2663 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2664 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2665 ** needed.
2666 */
2667 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2668   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2669   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2670   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2671   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2672   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2673   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2674   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2675   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2676   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2677   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2678 
2679   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2680   ** the journal is empty.
2681   */
2682   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2683   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2684   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2685     goto end_playback;
2686   }
2687 
2688   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2689   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2690   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2691   ** played back.
2692   **
2693   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2694   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2695   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2696   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2697   ** for pageSize.
2698   */
2699   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2700   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2701   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2702     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2703   }
2704   zMaster = 0;
2705   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2706     goto end_playback;
2707   }
2708   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2709   needPagerReset = isHot;
2710 
2711   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2712   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2713   ** occurs.
2714   */
2715   while( 1 ){
2716     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2717     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2718     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2719     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2720     */
2721     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2722     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2723       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2724         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2725       }
2726       goto end_playback;
2727     }
2728 
2729     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2730     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2731     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2732     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2733     */
2734     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2735       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2736       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2737     }
2738 
2739     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2740     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2741     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2742     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2743     ** size of the file.
2744     **
2745     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2746     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2747     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2748     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2749     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2750     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2751     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2752     */
2753     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2754         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2755       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2756     }
2757 
2758     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2759     ** database file back to its original size.
2760     */
2761     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2762       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2763       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2764         goto end_playback;
2765       }
2766       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2767     }
2768 
2769     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2770     ** database file and/or page cache.
2771     */
2772     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2773       if( needPagerReset ){
2774         pager_reset(pPager);
2775         needPagerReset = 0;
2776       }
2777       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2778       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2779         nPlayback++;
2780       }else{
2781         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2782           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2783           break;
2784         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2785           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2786           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2787           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2788           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2789           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2790           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2791           goto end_playback;
2792         }else{
2793           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2794           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2795           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2796           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2797           */
2798           goto end_playback;
2799         }
2800       }
2801     }
2802   }
2803   /*NOTREACHED*/
2804   assert( 0 );
2805 
2806 end_playback:
2807   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2808   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2809   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2810   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2811   */
2812 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2813   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2814     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2815   }
2816 #endif
2817 
2818   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2819   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2820   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2821   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2822   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2823   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2824   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2825   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2826   */
2827   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2828 
2829   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2830     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2831     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2832     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2833   }
2834   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2835    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2836   ){
2837     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2838   }
2839   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2840     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2841     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2842   }
2843   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2844     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2845     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2846     */
2847     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2848     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2849   }
2850   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2851     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2852                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2853   }
2854 
2855   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2856   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2857   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2858   */
2859   setSectorSize(pPager);
2860   return rc;
2861 }
2862 
2863 
2864 /*
2865 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2866 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2867 ** file before this function is called.
2868 **
2869 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2870 ** the value read from the database file.
2871 **
2872 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2873 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2874 */
2875 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2876   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2877   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2878   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2879   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2880 
2881   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2882   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2883 
2884 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2885   if( iFrame ){
2886     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2887     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2888   }else
2889 #endif
2890   {
2891     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2892     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2893     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2894       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2895     }
2896   }
2897 
2898   if( pgno==1 ){
2899     if( rc ){
2900       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2901       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2902       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2903       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2904       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2905       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2906       **
2907       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2908       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2909       ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2910       ** we should still be ok.
2911       */
2912       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2913     }else{
2914       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2915       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2916     }
2917   }
2918   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2919 
2920   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2921   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2922   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2923   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2924                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2925 
2926   return rc;
2927 }
2928 
2929 /*
2930 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2931 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2932 **
2933 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2934 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2935 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2936 */
2937 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2938   u32 change_counter;
2939 
2940   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2941   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2942   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2943 
2944   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2945   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2946   ** is valid. */
2947   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2948   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2949 }
2950 
2951 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2952 /*
2953 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2954 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2955 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2956 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2957 **
2958 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2959 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2960 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2961 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2962 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2963 */
2964 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2965   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2966   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2967   PgHdr *pPg;
2968 
2969   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2970   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2971   if( pPg ){
2972     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2973       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2974     }else{
2975       u32 iFrame = 0;
2976       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2977       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2978         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
2979       }
2980       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2981         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2982       }
2983       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
2984     }
2985   }
2986 
2987   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2988   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2989   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2990   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2991   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2992   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
2993   ** the backups must be restarted.
2994   */
2995   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
2996 
2997   return rc;
2998 }
2999 
3000 /*
3001 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3002 */
3003 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3004   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3005   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3006 
3007   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3008   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3009   ** following:
3010   **
3011   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3012   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3013   */
3014   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3015   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3016   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3017   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3018     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3019     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3020     pList = pNext;
3021   }
3022 
3023   return rc;
3024 }
3025 
3026 /*
3027 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3028 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3029 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3030 ** changed.
3031 **
3032 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3033 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3034 */
3035 static int pagerWalFrames(
3036   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3037   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3038   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3039   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3040 ){
3041   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3042   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3043 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
3044   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3045 #endif
3046 
3047   assert( pPager->pWal );
3048   assert( pList );
3049 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3050   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3051   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3052     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3053   }
3054 #endif
3055 
3056   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3057   if( isCommit ){
3058     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3059     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3060     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3061     ** list here. */
3062     PgHdr *p;
3063     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3064     nList = 0;
3065     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3066       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3067         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3068         nList++;
3069       }
3070     }
3071     assert( pList );
3072   }else{
3073     nList = 1;
3074   }
3075   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3076 
3077   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3078   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3079       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3080   );
3081   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3082     PgHdr *p;
3083     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3084       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3085     }
3086   }
3087 
3088 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3089   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3090   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3091     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3092   }
3093 #endif
3094 
3095   return rc;
3096 }
3097 
3098 /*
3099 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3100 **
3101 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3102 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3103 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3104 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3105 */
3106 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3107   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3108   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3109 
3110   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3111   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3112 
3113   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3114   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3115   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3116   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3117   */
3118   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3119 
3120   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3121   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3122     pager_reset(pPager);
3123     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3124   }
3125 
3126   return rc;
3127 }
3128 #endif
3129 
3130 /*
3131 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3132 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3133 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3134 **
3135 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3136 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3137 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3138 */
3139 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3140   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3141 
3142   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3143   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3144   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3145   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3146   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3147   */
3148   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3149   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3150   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3151 
3152   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
3153   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
3154   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
3155   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
3156   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
3157   */
3158   if( nPage==0 ){
3159     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3160     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3161     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3162       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3163       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3164         return rc;
3165       }
3166     }
3167     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3168   }
3169 
3170   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3171   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3172   ** that the file can be read.
3173   */
3174   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3175     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3176   }
3177 
3178   *pnPage = nPage;
3179   return SQLITE_OK;
3180 }
3181 
3182 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3183 /*
3184 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3185 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3186 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3187 **
3188 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3189 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3190 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3191 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3192 **
3193 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3194 **
3195 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3196 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3197 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3198 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3199 ** other connection.
3200 */
3201 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3202   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3203   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3204   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3205 
3206   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3207     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3208     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3209 
3210     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3211     if( rc ) return rc;
3212     if( nPage==0 ){
3213       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3214       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3215       isWal = 0;
3216     }else{
3217       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3218           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3219       );
3220     }
3221     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3222       if( isWal ){
3223         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3224         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3225       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3226         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3227       }
3228     }
3229   }
3230   return rc;
3231 }
3232 #endif
3233 
3234 /*
3235 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3236 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3237 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3238 ** savepoint.
3239 **
3240 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3241 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3242 ** performed in the order specified:
3243 **
3244 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3245 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3246 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3247 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3248 **
3249 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3250 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3251 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3252 **
3253 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3254 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3255 **     the journal file.
3256 **
3257 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3258 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3259 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3260 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3261 **
3262 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3263 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3264 **
3265 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3266 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3267 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3268 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3269 */
3270 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3271   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3272   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3273   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3274   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3275 
3276   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3277   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3278 
3279   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3280   if( pSavepoint ){
3281     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3282     if( !pDone ){
3283       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3284     }
3285   }
3286 
3287   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3288   ** being reverted was opened.
3289   */
3290   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3291   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3292 
3293   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3294     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3295   }
3296 
3297   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3298   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3299   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3300   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3301   */
3302   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3303   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3304 
3305   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3306   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3307   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3308   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3309   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3310   ** are played back.
3311   */
3312   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3313     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3314     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3315     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3316       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3317     }
3318     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3319   }else{
3320     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3321   }
3322 
3323   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3324   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3325   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3326   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3327   */
3328   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3329     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3330     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3331     u32 dummy;
3332     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3333     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3334 
3335     /*
3336     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3337     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3338     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3339     */
3340     if( nJRec==0
3341      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3342     ){
3343       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3344     }
3345     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3346       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3347     }
3348     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3349   }
3350   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3351 
3352   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3353   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3354   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3355   */
3356   if( pSavepoint ){
3357     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3358     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3359 
3360     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3361       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3362     }
3363     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3364       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3365       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3366     }
3367     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3368   }
3369 
3370   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3371   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3372     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3373   }
3374 
3375   return rc;
3376 }
3377 
3378 /*
3379 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3380 */
3381 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3382   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3383 }
3384 
3385 /*
3386 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3387 */
3388 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3389 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3390   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3391   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3392     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3393     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3394     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3395     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3396   }
3397 #endif
3398 }
3399 
3400 /*
3401 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3402 */
3403 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3404   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3405   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3406 }
3407 
3408 /*
3409 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3410 */
3411 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3412   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3413 }
3414 
3415 /*
3416 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3417 **
3418 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3419 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3420 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3421 ** There are three levels:
3422 **
3423 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3424 **              for temporary and transient files.
3425 **
3426 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3427 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3428 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3429 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3430 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3431 **              when it is rolled back.
3432 **
3433 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3434 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3435 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3436 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3437 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3438 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3439 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3440 **
3441 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3442 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3443 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3444 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3445 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3446 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3447 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3448 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3449 **
3450 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3451 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3452 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3453 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3454 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3455 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3456 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3457 **
3458 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3459 ** and FULL=3.
3460 */
3461 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3462 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3463   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3464   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3465 ){
3466   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3467   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3468   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3469   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3470   if( pPager->noSync ){
3471     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3472     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3473   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3474     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3475     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3476   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3477     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3478     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3479   }else{
3480     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3481     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3482   }
3483   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3484   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3485     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3486   }
3487   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3488     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3489   }else{
3490     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3491   }
3492 }
3493 #endif
3494 
3495 /*
3496 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3497 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3498 ** testing and analysis only.
3499 */
3500 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3501 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3502 #endif
3503 
3504 /*
3505 ** Open a temporary file.
3506 **
3507 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3508 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3509 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3510 **
3511 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3512 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3513 **
3514 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3515 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3516 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3517 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3518 */
3519 static int pagerOpentemp(
3520   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3521   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3522   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3523 ){
3524   int rc;               /* Return code */
3525 
3526 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3527   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3528 #endif
3529 
3530   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3531             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3532   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3533   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3534   return rc;
3535 }
3536 
3537 /*
3538 ** Set the busy handler function.
3539 **
3540 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3541 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3542 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3543 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3544 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3545 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3546 **
3547 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3548 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3549 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3550 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3551 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3552 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3553 **
3554 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3555 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3556 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3557 */
3558 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3559   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3560   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3561   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3562 ){
3563   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3564   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3565 
3566   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3567     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3568     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3569     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3570     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3571   }
3572 }
3573 
3574 /*
3575 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3576 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3577 **
3578 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3579 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3580 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3581 **
3582 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3583 **
3584 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3585 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3586 **
3587 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3588 **
3589 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3590 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3591 **
3592 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3593 **
3594 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3595 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3596 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3597 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3598 **
3599 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3600 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3601 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3602 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3603 */
3604 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3605   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3606 
3607   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3608   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3609   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3610   **
3611   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3612   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3613   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3614   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3615   */
3616 
3617   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3618   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3619   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3620    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3621    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3622   ){
3623     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3624     i64 nByte = 0;
3625 
3626     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3627       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3628     }
3629     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3630       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3631       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3632     }
3633 
3634     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3635       pager_reset(pPager);
3636       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3637       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3638       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3639       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3640       sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3641     }
3642   }
3643 
3644   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3645   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3646     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3647     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3648     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3649     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3650     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3651   }
3652   return rc;
3653 }
3654 
3655 /*
3656 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3657 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3658 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3659 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3660 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3661 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3662 */
3663 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3664   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3665 }
3666 
3667 /*
3668 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3669 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3670 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3671 **
3672 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3673 */
3674 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3675   if( mxPage>0 ){
3676     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3677   }
3678   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3679   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3680   return pPager->mxPgno;
3681 }
3682 
3683 /*
3684 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3685 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3686 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3687 **
3688 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3689 ** and generate no code.
3690 */
3691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3692 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3693 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3694 static int saved_cnt;
3695 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3696   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3697   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3698 }
3699 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3700   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3701 }
3702 #else
3703 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3704 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3705 #endif
3706 
3707 /*
3708 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3709 ** that pDest points to.
3710 **
3711 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3712 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3713 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3714 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3715 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3716 **
3717 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3718 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3719 ** output buffer undefined.
3720 */
3721 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3722   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3723   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3724   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3725 
3726   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3727   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3728   ** to WAL mode yet.
3729   */
3730   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3731 
3732   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3733     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3734     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3735     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3736       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3737     }
3738   }
3739   return rc;
3740 }
3741 
3742 /*
3743 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3744 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3745 **
3746 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3747 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3748 */
3749 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3750   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3751   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3752   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3753 }
3754 
3755 
3756 /*
3757 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3758 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3759 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3760 **
3761 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3762 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3763 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3764 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3765 **
3766 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3767 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3768 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3769 */
3770 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3771   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3772 
3773   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3774   ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
3775   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3776   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3777   */
3778   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3779        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3780        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3781   );
3782 
3783   do {
3784     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3785   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3786   return rc;
3787 }
3788 
3789 /*
3790 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3791 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3792 **
3793 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3794 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3795 **
3796 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3797 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3798 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3799 **
3800 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3801 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3802 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3803 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3804 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3805 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3806 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3807 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3808 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3809 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3810 */
3811 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3812 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3813   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3814   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3815 }
3816 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3817   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3818 }
3819 #else
3820 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3821 #endif
3822 
3823 /*
3824 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3825 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3826 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3827 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3828 **
3829 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3830 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3831 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3832 ** then continue writing to the database.
3833 */
3834 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3835   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3836   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3837   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3838 
3839   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3840   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3841   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3842   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3843   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3844   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3845   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3846   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3847   ** is no longer correct. */
3848 }
3849 
3850 
3851 /*
3852 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3853 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3854 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3855 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3856 **
3857 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3858 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3859 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3860 ** content as this process.
3861 **
3862 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3863 ** an SQLite error code.
3864 */
3865 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3866   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3867   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3868     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3869   }
3870   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3871     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3872   }
3873   return rc;
3874 }
3875 
3876 /*
3877 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3878 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3879 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3880 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3881 ** *ppPage to zero.
3882 **
3883 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3884 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3885 */
3886 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3887   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3888   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3889   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3890   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3891 ){
3892   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3893 
3894   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3895     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3896     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3897     p->pDirty = 0;
3898     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3899   }else{
3900     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3901     if( p==0 ){
3902       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3903       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3904     }
3905     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3906     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3907     p->nRef = 1;
3908     p->pPager = pPager;
3909   }
3910 
3911   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3912   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3913   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3914   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3915   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3916 
3917   p->pgno = pgno;
3918   p->pData = pData;
3919   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3920 
3921   return SQLITE_OK;
3922 }
3923 
3924 /*
3925 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3926 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3927 */
3928 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3929   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3930   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3931   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3932   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3933 
3934   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3935   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3936 }
3937 
3938 /*
3939 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3940 */
3941 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3942   PgHdr *p;
3943   PgHdr *pNext;
3944   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3945     pNext = p->pDirty;
3946     sqlite3_free(p);
3947   }
3948 }
3949 
3950 
3951 /*
3952 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3953 **
3954 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3955 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3956 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3957 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3958 ** result in a coredump.
3959 **
3960 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3961 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3962 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3963 ** to the caller.
3964 */
3965 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3966   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3967 
3968   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3969   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3970   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3971   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
3972   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3973   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3974 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3975   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3976   pPager->pWal = 0;
3977 #endif
3978   pager_reset(pPager);
3979   if( MEMDB ){
3980     pager_unlock(pPager);
3981   }else{
3982     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3983     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3984     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3985     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3986     **
3987     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3988     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3989     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3990     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3991     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
3992     */
3993     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
3994       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
3995     }
3996     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
3997   }
3998   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
3999   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4000   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4001   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4002   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4003   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4004   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4005   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4006 
4007 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4008   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4009 #endif
4010 
4011   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4012   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4013 
4014   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4015   return SQLITE_OK;
4016 }
4017 
4018 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4019 /*
4020 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4021 */
4022 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4023   return pPg->pgno;
4024 }
4025 #endif
4026 
4027 /*
4028 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4029 */
4030 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4031   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4032 }
4033 
4034 /*
4035 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4036 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4037 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4038 **
4039 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4040 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4041 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4042 **
4043 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4044 **     be taken.
4045 **
4046 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4047 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4048 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4049 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4050 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4051 **
4052 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4053 **     journal file is synced.
4054 **
4055 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4056 **
4057 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4058 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4059 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4060 **       <update nRec field>
4061 **     }
4062 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4063 **   }
4064 **
4065 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4066 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4067 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4068 */
4069 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4070   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4071 
4072   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4073        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4074   );
4075   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4076   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4077 
4078   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4079   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4080 
4081   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4082     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4083     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4084       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4085       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4086 
4087       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4088         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4089         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4090         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4091         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4092         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4093         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4094         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4095         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4096         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4097         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4098         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4099         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4100         **
4101         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4102         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4103         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4104         **
4105         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4106         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4107         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4108         ** the potential journal header.
4109         */
4110         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4111         u8 aMagic[8];
4112         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4113 
4114         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4115         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4116 
4117         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4118         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4119         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4120           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4121           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4122         }
4123         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4124           return rc;
4125         }
4126 
4127         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4128         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4129         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4130         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4131         **
4132         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4133         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4134         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4135         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4136         ** and never needs to be updated.
4137         */
4138         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4139           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4140           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4141           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4142           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4143         }
4144         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4145         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4146             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4147         );
4148         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4149       }
4150       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4151         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4152         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4153         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4154           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4155         );
4156         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4157       }
4158 
4159       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4160       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4161         pPager->nRec = 0;
4162         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4163         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4164       }
4165     }else{
4166       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4167     }
4168   }
4169 
4170   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4171   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4172   ** all pages.
4173   */
4174   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4175   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4176   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4177   return SQLITE_OK;
4178 }
4179 
4180 /*
4181 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4182 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4183 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4184 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4185 ** a no-op.
4186 **
4187 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4188 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4189 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4190 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4191 **
4192 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4193 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4194 ** written out.
4195 **
4196 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4197 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4198 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4199 **
4200 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4201 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4202 **
4203 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4204 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4205 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4206 ** the database file.
4207 **
4208 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4209 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4210 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4211 */
4212 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4213   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4214 
4215   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4216   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4217   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4218   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4219 
4220   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4221   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4222   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4223   */
4224   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4225     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4226     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4227   }
4228 
4229   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4230   ** file size will be.
4231   */
4232   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4233   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4234    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4235    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4236   ){
4237     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4238     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4239     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4240   }
4241 
4242   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4243     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4244 
4245     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4246     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4247     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4248     ** any such pages to the file.
4249     **
4250     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4251     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4252     */
4253     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4254       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4255       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4256 
4257       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4258       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4259 
4260       /* Encode the database */
4261       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4262 
4263       /* Write out the page data. */
4264       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4265 
4266       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4267       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4268       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4269       */
4270       if( pgno==1 ){
4271         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4272       }
4273       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4274         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4275       }
4276       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4277 
4278       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4279       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4280 
4281       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4282                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4283       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4284       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4285     }else{
4286       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4287     }
4288     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4289     pList = pList->pDirty;
4290   }
4291 
4292   return rc;
4293 }
4294 
4295 /*
4296 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4297 ** function is a no-op.
4298 **
4299 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4300 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4301 ** fails.
4302 */
4303 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4304   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4305   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4306     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4307       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4308     }else{
4309       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4310     }
4311   }
4312   return rc;
4313 }
4314 
4315 /*
4316 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4317 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
4318 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
4319 **
4320 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4321 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4322 **
4323 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4324 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4325 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4326 ** bitvec.
4327 */
4328 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4329   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4330   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4331   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4332 
4333     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4334     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4335     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4336     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4337     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4338          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4339          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4340     );
4341     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4342 
4343     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4344     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4345     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4346       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4347       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4348       char *pData2;
4349 
4350       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4351       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4352       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4353       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4354         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4355       }
4356     }
4357   }
4358   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4359     pPager->nSubRec++;
4360     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4361     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4362   }
4363   return rc;
4364 }
4365 
4366 /*
4367 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4368 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4369 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4370 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4371 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4372 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4373 ** argument.
4374 **
4375 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4376 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4377 ** journal file.
4378 **
4379 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4380 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4381 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4382 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4383 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4384 */
4385 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4386   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4387   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4388 
4389   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4390   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4391 
4392   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4393   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4394   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4395   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4396   **
4397   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4398   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4399   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4400   **
4401   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4402   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it
4403   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
4404   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4405   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4406   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4407   */
4408   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4409   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4410   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4411   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4412   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4413    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4414       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4415   ){
4416     return SQLITE_OK;
4417   }
4418 
4419   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4420   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4421     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4422     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4423       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4424     }
4425     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4426       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4427     }
4428   }else{
4429 
4430     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4431     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4432      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4433     ){
4434       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4435     }
4436 
4437     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
4438     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
4439     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
4440     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
4441     **
4442     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
4443     **
4444     **   BEGIN;
4445     **     <journal page X>
4446     **     <modify page X>
4447     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
4448     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
4449     **       pagerStress(page X)
4450     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
4451     **
4452     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
4453     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
4454     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
4455     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
4456     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
4457     ** was executed.
4458     **
4459     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
4460     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
4461     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
4462     ** executed.
4463     */
4464     if( NEVER(
4465         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
4466     ) ){
4467       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4468     }
4469 
4470     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4471     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4472       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4473       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4474     }
4475   }
4476 
4477   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4478   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4479     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4480     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4481   }
4482 
4483   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4484 }
4485 
4486 
4487 /*
4488 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4489 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4490 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4491 **
4492 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4493 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4494 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4495 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4496 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4497 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4498 **
4499 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4500 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4501 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4502 **
4503 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4504 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4505 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4506 **
4507 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4508 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4509 **
4510 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4511 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4512 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4513 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4514 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4515 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4516 */
4517 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4518   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4519   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4520   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4521   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4522   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4523   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4524   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4525 ){
4526   u8 *pPtr;
4527   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4528   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4529   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4530   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4531   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4532   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4533   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4534   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4535   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4536   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4537   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4538   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4539   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4540 
4541   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4542   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4543   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4544   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4545   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4546   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4547   ** source file journal.c).
4548   */
4549   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4550     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4551   }else{
4552     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4553   }
4554 
4555   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4556   *ppPager = 0;
4557 
4558 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4559   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4560     memDb = 1;
4561     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4562       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4563       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4564       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4565       zFilename = 0;
4566     }
4567   }
4568 #endif
4569 
4570   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4571   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4572   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4573   */
4574   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4575     const char *z;
4576     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4577     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4578     if( zPathname==0 ){
4579       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4580     }
4581     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4582     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4583     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4584     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4585     while( *z ){
4586       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4587       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4588     }
4589     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4590     assert( nUri>=0 );
4591     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4592       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4593       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4594       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4595       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4596       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4597       */
4598       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4599     }
4600     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4601       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4602       return rc;
4603     }
4604   }
4605 
4606   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4607   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4608   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4609   **
4610   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4611   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4612   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4613   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4614   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4615   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4616   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4617   */
4618   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4619     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4620     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4621     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4622     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4623     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4624     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4625 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4626     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4627 #endif
4628   );
4629   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4630   if( !pPtr ){
4631     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4632     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4633   }
4634   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4635   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4636   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4637   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4638   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4639   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4640   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4641 
4642   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4643   if( zPathname ){
4644     assert( nPathname>0 );
4645     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4646     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4647     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4648     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4649     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4650     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4651 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4652     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4653     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4654     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4655     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4656 #endif
4657     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4658   }
4659   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4660   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4661 
4662   /* Open the pager file.
4663   */
4664   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4665     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4666     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4667     assert( !memDb );
4668     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4669 
4670     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4671     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4672     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4673     **
4674     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4675     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4676     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4677     */
4678     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4679       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4680       if( !readOnly ){
4681         setSectorSize(pPager);
4682         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4683         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4684           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4685             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4686           }else{
4687             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4688           }
4689         }
4690 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4691         {
4692           int ii;
4693           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4694           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4695           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4696           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4697             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4698               szPageDflt = ii;
4699             }
4700           }
4701         }
4702 #endif
4703       }
4704       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4705       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4706        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4707           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4708           goto act_like_temp_file;
4709       }
4710     }
4711   }else{
4712     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4713     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4714     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4715     **
4716     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4717     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4718     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4719     **
4720     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4721     */
4722 act_like_temp_file:
4723     tempFile = 1;
4724     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4725     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */
4726     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4727     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4728   }
4729 
4730   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4731   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4732   */
4733   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4734     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4735     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4736     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4737   }
4738 
4739   /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
4740   ** Pager structure and close the file.
4741   */
4742   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4743     assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
4744     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4745     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4746     return rc;
4747   }
4748 
4749   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4750   assert( nExtra<1000 );
4751   nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4752   sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4753                     !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4754 
4755   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4756   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4757 
4758   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4759   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4760   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4761   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4762   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4763   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4764   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4765   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4766   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4767   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4768   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4769   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4770           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4771   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4772   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4773   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4774   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4775   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4776   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4777   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4778   if( pPager->noSync ){
4779     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4780     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4781     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4782     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4783   }else{
4784     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4785     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4786     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4787     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4788   }
4789   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4790   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4791   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4792   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4793   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4794   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4795   setSectorSize(pPager);
4796   if( !useJournal ){
4797     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4798   }else if( memDb ){
4799     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4800   }
4801   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4802   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4803   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4804   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4805   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4806 
4807   *ppPager = pPager;
4808   return SQLITE_OK;
4809 }
4810 
4811 
4812 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4813 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4814 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4815 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4816 */
4817 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4818   int bHasMoved = 0;
4819   int rc;
4820 
4821   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4822   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4823   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4824   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4825   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4826     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4827     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4828     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4829     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4830   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4831     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4832   }
4833   return rc;
4834 }
4835 
4836 
4837 /*
4838 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4839 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4840 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4841 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4842 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4843 **
4844 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4845 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4846 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4847 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4848 **
4849 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4850 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4851 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4852 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4853 ** is returned.
4854 **
4855 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4856 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4857 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4858 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4859 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4860 ** will not roll it back.
4861 **
4862 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4863 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4864 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4865 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4866 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4867 */
4868 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4869   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4870   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4871   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4872   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4873 
4874   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4875   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4876   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4877 
4878   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4879     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4880   ));
4881 
4882   *pExists = 0;
4883   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4884     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4885   }
4886   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4887     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4888 
4889     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4890     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4891     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4892     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4893     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4894     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4895     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4896     */
4897     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4898     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4899       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4900 
4901       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4902       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4903         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4904         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4905         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4906         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4907         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4908         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4909         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4910         */
4911         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4912           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4913           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4914             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4915             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4916           }
4917           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4918         }else{
4919           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4920           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4921           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4922           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4923           ** it can be ignored.
4924           */
4925           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4926             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4927             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4928           }
4929           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4930             u8 first = 0;
4931             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4932             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4933               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4934             }
4935             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4936               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4937             }
4938             *pExists = (first!=0);
4939           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4940             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4941             ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4942             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4943             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4944             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4945             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4946             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4947             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4948             */
4949             *pExists = 1;
4950             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4951           }
4952         }
4953       }
4954     }
4955   }
4956 
4957   return rc;
4958 }
4959 
4960 /*
4961 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4962 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4963 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4964 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4965 **
4966 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4967 **
4968 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4969 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4970 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4971 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4972 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4973 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4974 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4975 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4976 **
4977 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4978 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4979 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4980 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4981 **      file.
4982 **
4983 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4984 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4985 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4986 */
4987 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4988   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
4989 
4990   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
4991   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
4992   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
4993   ** exclusive access mode.
4994   */
4995   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
4996   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4997   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
4998   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
4999 
5000   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5001     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5002 
5003     assert( !MEMDB );
5004 
5005     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5006     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5007       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5008       goto failed;
5009     }
5010 
5011     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5012     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5013     */
5014     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5015       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5016     }
5017     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5018       goto failed;
5019     }
5020     if( bHotJournal ){
5021       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5022         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5023         goto failed;
5024       }
5025 
5026       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5027       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5028       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5029       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5030       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5031       ** hot-journal back.
5032       **
5033       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5034       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5035       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5036       ** on the database file.
5037       **
5038       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5039       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5040       */
5041       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5042       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5043         goto failed;
5044       }
5045 
5046       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5047       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5048       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5049       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5050       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5051       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5052       **
5053       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5054       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5055       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5056       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5057       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5058       */
5059       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5060         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5061         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5062         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5063             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5064         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5065           int fout = 0;
5066           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5067           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5068           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5069           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5070           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5071             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5072             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5073           }
5074         }
5075       }
5076 
5077       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5078       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5079       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5080       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5081       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5082       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5083       ** the journal before playing it back.
5084       */
5085       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5086         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5087         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5088         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5089           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5090           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5091         }
5092       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5093         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5094       }
5095 
5096       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5097         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5098         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5099         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5100         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5101         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5102         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5103         **
5104         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5105         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5106         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5107         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5108         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5109         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5110         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5111         ** references.
5112         */
5113         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5114         goto failed;
5115       }
5116 
5117       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5118       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5119            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5120       );
5121     }
5122 
5123     if( !pPager->tempFile && (
5124         pPager->pBackup
5125      || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0
5126      || USEFETCH(pPager)
5127     )){
5128       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
5129       ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
5130       ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
5131       ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
5132       ** cache.
5133       **
5134       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5135       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5136       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5137       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5138       ** a codec is in use.
5139       **
5140       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5141       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5142       ** it can be neglected.
5143       */
5144       Pgno nPage = 0;
5145       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5146 
5147       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5148       if( rc ) goto failed;
5149 
5150       if( nPage>0 ){
5151         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5152         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5153         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5154           goto failed;
5155         }
5156       }else{
5157         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5158       }
5159 
5160       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5161         pager_reset(pPager);
5162 
5163         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5164         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5165         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5166         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5167         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5168         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5169         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5170           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5171         }
5172       }
5173     }
5174 
5175     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5176     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5177     */
5178     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5179 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5180     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5181 #endif
5182   }
5183 
5184   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5185     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5186     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5187   }
5188 
5189   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5190     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5191   }
5192 
5193  failed:
5194   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5195     assert( !MEMDB );
5196     pager_unlock(pPager);
5197     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5198   }else{
5199     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5200   }
5201   return rc;
5202 }
5203 
5204 /*
5205 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5206 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5207 **
5208 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5209 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5210 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5211 */
5212 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5213   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5214     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5215   }
5216 }
5217 
5218 /*
5219 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5220 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5221 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5222 **
5223 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5224 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5225 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5226 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5227 ** object with no outstanding references.
5228 **
5229 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5230 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5231 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5232 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5233 **
5234 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5235 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5236 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5237 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5238 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5239 **
5240 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5241 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5242 **
5243 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5244 **
5245 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5246 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5247 **      from the savepoint journal.
5248 **
5249 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5250 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5251 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5252 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5253 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5254 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5255 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5256 **
5257 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5258 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5259 **
5260 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5261 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5262 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5263 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5264 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5265 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5266 ** or journal files.
5267 */
5268 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
5269   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5270   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5271   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5272   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5273 ){
5274   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5275   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5276   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5277   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5278 
5279   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5280   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5281   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5282   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5283   const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5284    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5285 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5286    && pPager->xCodec==0
5287 #endif
5288   );
5289 
5290   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5291   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5292   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5293 
5294   if( pgno==0 ){
5295     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5296   }
5297 
5298   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5299   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5300   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5301     rc = pPager->errCode;
5302   }else{
5303 
5304     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5305       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5306       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5307     }
5308 
5309     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5310       void *pData = 0;
5311 
5312       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5313           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5314       );
5315 
5316       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5317         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5318           (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5319         }
5320         if( pPg==0 ){
5321           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5322         }else{
5323           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5324         }
5325         if( pPg ){
5326           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5327           *ppPage = pPg;
5328           return SQLITE_OK;
5329         }
5330       }
5331       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5332         goto pager_acquire_err;
5333       }
5334     }
5335 
5336     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
5337   }
5338 
5339   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5340     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5341     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5342     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5343     pPg = 0;
5344     goto pager_acquire_err;
5345   }
5346   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
5347   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
5348 
5349   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
5350     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5351     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5352     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5353     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5354     return SQLITE_OK;
5355 
5356   }else{
5357     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5358     ** be initialized.  */
5359 
5360     pPg = *ppPage;
5361     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5362 
5363     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5364     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5365     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5366       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5367       goto pager_acquire_err;
5368     }
5369 
5370     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5371       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5372         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5373         goto pager_acquire_err;
5374       }
5375       if( noContent ){
5376         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5377         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5378         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5379         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5380         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5381         */
5382         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5383         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5384           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5385           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5386         }
5387         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5388         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5389         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5390       }
5391       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5392       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5393     }else{
5394       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5395         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5396         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5397       }
5398       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5399       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5400       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5401       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5402         goto pager_acquire_err;
5403       }
5404     }
5405     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5406   }
5407 
5408   return SQLITE_OK;
5409 
5410 pager_acquire_err:
5411   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5412   if( pPg ){
5413     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5414   }
5415   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5416 
5417   *ppPage = 0;
5418   return rc;
5419 }
5420 
5421 /*
5422 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5423 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5424 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5425 **
5426 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5427 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5428 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5429 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5430 ** has ever happened.
5431 */
5432 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5433   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5434   assert( pPager!=0 );
5435   assert( pgno!=0 );
5436   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5437   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5438   sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5439   return pPg;
5440 }
5441 
5442 /*
5443 ** Release a page reference.
5444 **
5445 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5446 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5447 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5448 ** removed.
5449 */
5450 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5451   Pager *pPager;
5452   assert( pPg!=0 );
5453   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5454   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5455     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5456   }else{
5457     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5458   }
5459   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5460 }
5461 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5462   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5463 }
5464 
5465 /*
5466 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5467 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5468 ** file when this routine is called.
5469 **
5470 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5471 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5472 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5473 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5474 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5475 **
5476 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5477 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5478 ** already open file.
5479 **
5480 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5481 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5482 **
5483 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5484 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5485 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5486 */
5487 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5488   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5489   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5490 
5491   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5492   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5493   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5494 
5495   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5496   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5497   ** an error state. */
5498   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5499 
5500   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5501     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5502     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5503       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5504     }
5505 
5506     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5507     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5508       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5509         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5510       }else{
5511         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5512           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5513           (pPager->tempFile ?
5514             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5515             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5516           );
5517 
5518         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5519         ** it was originally opened. */
5520         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5521         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5522 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5523           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5524               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5525           );
5526 #else
5527           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5528 #endif
5529         }
5530       }
5531       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5532     }
5533 
5534 
5535     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5536     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5537     */
5538     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5539       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5540       pPager->nRec = 0;
5541       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5542       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5543       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5544       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5545     }
5546   }
5547 
5548   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5549     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5550     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5551   }else{
5552     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5553     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5554   }
5555 
5556   return rc;
5557 }
5558 
5559 /*
5560 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5561 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5562 **
5563 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5564 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5565 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5566 ** functions need be called.
5567 **
5568 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5569 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5570 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5571 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5572 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5573 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5574 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5575 */
5576 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5577   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5578 
5579   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5580   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5581   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5582 
5583   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5584     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5585 
5586     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5587       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5588       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5589       */
5590       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5591         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5592         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5593           return rc;
5594         }
5595         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5596       }
5597 
5598       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5599       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5600       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5601       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5602       */
5603       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5604     }else{
5605       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5606       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5607       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5608       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5609       */
5610       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5611       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5612         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5613       }
5614     }
5615 
5616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5617       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5618       **
5619       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5620       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5621       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5622       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5623       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5624       ** WAL mode.
5625       */
5626       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5627       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5628       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5629       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5630       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5631     }
5632 
5633     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5634     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5635     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5636   }
5637 
5638   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5639   return rc;
5640 }
5641 
5642 /*
5643 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5644 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5645 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5646 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5647 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5648 */
5649 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5650   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5651   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5652   int inJournal;
5653 
5654   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5655   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5656   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5657   */
5658   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5659        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5660        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5661   );
5662   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5663   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5664   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5665 
5666   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5667 
5668   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5669   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5670   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5671   **
5672   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5673   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5674   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5675   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5676   */
5677   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5678     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5679     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5680   }
5681   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5682   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5683 
5684   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
5685   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
5686   */
5687   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5688   inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg);
5689   if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){
5690     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
5691   }else{
5692 
5693     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
5694     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
5695     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
5696     */
5697     if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5698       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5699       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5700         u32 cksum;
5701         char *pData2;
5702         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5703 
5704         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5705         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5706         ** that we do not. */
5707         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5708 
5709         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5710         CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5711         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5712 
5713         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5714         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5715         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5716         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5717         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5718         ** then corruption may follow.
5719         */
5720         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5721 
5722         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5723         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5724         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5725         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5726         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5727         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5728 
5729         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5730                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5731         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5732         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5733              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5734              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5735 
5736         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5737         pPager->nRec++;
5738         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5739         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5740         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5741         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5742         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5743         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5744           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5745           return rc;
5746         }
5747       }else{
5748         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5749           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5750         }
5751         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5752                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5753                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5754       }
5755     }
5756 
5757     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5758     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
5759     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
5760     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
5761     */
5762     if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5763       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
5764     }
5765   }
5766 
5767   /* Update the database size and return.
5768   */
5769   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5770     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5771   }
5772   return rc;
5773 }
5774 
5775 /*
5776 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5777 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5778 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5779 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5780 **
5781 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5782 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5783 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5784 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5785 **
5786 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5787 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5788 */
5789 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
5790   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5791 
5792   PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
5793   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5794 
5795   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5796   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5797   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5798   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5799 
5800   if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5801     Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
5802     Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5803     int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5804     int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
5805     int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5806     Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5807 
5808     /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5809     ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5810     ** this function.
5811     */
5812     assert( !MEMDB );
5813     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5814     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5815 
5816     /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5817     ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5818     ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5819     */
5820     pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5821 
5822     nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5823     if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5824       nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5825     }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5826       nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5827     }else{
5828       nPage = nPagePerSector;
5829     }
5830     assert(nPage>0);
5831     assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5832     assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5833 
5834     for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5835       Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5836       PgHdr *pPage;
5837       if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5838         if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5839           rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5840           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5841             rc = pager_write(pPage);
5842             if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5843               needSync = 1;
5844             }
5845             sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5846           }
5847         }
5848       }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5849         if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5850           needSync = 1;
5851         }
5852         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5853       }
5854     }
5855 
5856     /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5857     ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5858     ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5859     ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5860     ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5861     */
5862     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5863       assert( !MEMDB );
5864       for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5865         PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5866         if( pPage ){
5867           pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5868           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5869         }
5870       }
5871     }
5872 
5873     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5874     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5875   }else{
5876     rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
5877   }
5878   return rc;
5879 }
5880 
5881 /*
5882 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5883 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5884 ** to change the content of the page.
5885 */
5886 #ifndef NDEBUG
5887 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5888   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
5889 }
5890 #endif
5891 
5892 /*
5893 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5894 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5895 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5896 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5897 ** content no longer matters.
5898 **
5899 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5900 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5901 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5902 **
5903 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5904 ** DELETE operations.
5905 */
5906 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5907   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5908   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5909     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5910     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5911     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5912     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5913   }
5914 }
5915 
5916 /*
5917 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5918 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5919 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5920 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5921 **
5922 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5923 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5924 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5925 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5926 **
5927 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5928 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5929 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5930 ** transaction is committed.
5931 **
5932 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5933 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5934 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5935 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5936 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5937 */
5938 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5939   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5940 
5941   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5942        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5943   );
5944   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5945 
5946   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5947   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5948   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5949   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5950   **
5951   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5952   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5953   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5954   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5955   */
5956 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5957 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5958   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5959   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5960 #else
5961 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5962 #endif
5963 
5964   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
5965     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
5966 
5967     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5968 
5969     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5970     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5971     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5972 
5973     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5974     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
5975     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
5976     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
5977     */
5978     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
5979       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
5980     }
5981 
5982     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5983       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
5984       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
5985 
5986       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
5987       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
5988         const void *zBuf;
5989         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
5990         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
5991         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5992           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
5993           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
5994         }
5995         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5996           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
5997           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
5998           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
5999           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6000           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6001           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6002         }
6003       }else{
6004         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6005       }
6006     }
6007 
6008     /* Release the page reference. */
6009     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6010   }
6011   return rc;
6012 }
6013 
6014 /*
6015 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6016 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6017 **
6018 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6019 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6020 */
6021 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6022   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6023 
6024   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6025     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6026     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6027     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6028   }
6029   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6030     assert( !MEMDB );
6031     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6032   }
6033   return rc;
6034 }
6035 
6036 /*
6037 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6038 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6039 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6040 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6041 **
6042 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6043 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6044 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6045 ** returned.
6046 */
6047 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6048   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6049   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6050        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6051        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6052   );
6053   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6054   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6055     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6056   }
6057   return rc;
6058 }
6059 
6060 /*
6061 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6062 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6063 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6064 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6065 **
6066 ** This routine ensures that:
6067 **
6068 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6069 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6070 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6071 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6072 **   * the database file synced.
6073 **
6074 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6075 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6076 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6077 **
6078 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6079 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6080 **
6081 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6082 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6083 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6084 ** journal file in this case.
6085 */
6086 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6087   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6088   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6089   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6090 ){
6091   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6092 
6093   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6094        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6095        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6096        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6097   );
6098   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6099 
6100   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6101   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6102 
6103   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6104       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6105 
6106   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6107   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6108 
6109   if( MEMDB ){
6110     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6111     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6112     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6113     */
6114     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6115   }else{
6116     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6117       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6118       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6119       if( pList==0 ){
6120         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6121         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6122         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
6123         pList = pPageOne;
6124         pList->pDirty = 0;
6125       }
6126       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6127       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6128         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6129       }
6130       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6131       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6132         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6133       }
6134     }else{
6135       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6136       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6137       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6138       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6139       **
6140       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6141       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6142       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6143       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6144       **
6145       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6146       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6147       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6148       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6149       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6150       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6151       ** mode.
6152       **
6153       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6154       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6155       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6156       ** created for this transaction.
6157       */
6158   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6159       PgHdr *pPg;
6160       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6161            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6162            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6163       );
6164       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6165        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6166        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6167        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6168       ){
6169         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6170         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6171         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6172         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6173         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6174         */
6175         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6176       }else{
6177         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6178         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6179           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6180         }
6181       }
6182   #else
6183       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6184   #endif
6185       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6186 
6187       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6188       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6189       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6190       */
6191       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6192       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6193 
6194       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6195       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6196       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6197       **
6198       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6199       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6200       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6201       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6202       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6203       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6204       */
6205       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6206       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6207 
6208       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6209       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6210         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6211         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6212       }
6213       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6214 
6215       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6216       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6217       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6218       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6219       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6220       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6221       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6222         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6223         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6224         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6225         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6226       }
6227 
6228       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6229       if( !noSync ){
6230         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6231       }
6232       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6233     }
6234   }
6235 
6236 commit_phase_one_exit:
6237   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6238     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6239   }
6240   return rc;
6241 }
6242 
6243 
6244 /*
6245 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6246 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6247 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6248 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6249 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6250 **
6251 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6252 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6253 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6254 ** irrevocably committed.
6255 **
6256 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6257 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6258 */
6259 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6260   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6261 
6262   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6263   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6264   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6265   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6266 
6267   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6268        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6269        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6270   );
6271   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6272 
6273   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6274   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6275   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6276   **
6277   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6278   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6279   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6280   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6281   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6282   ** to drop any locks either.
6283   */
6284   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6285    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6286    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6287   ){
6288     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6289     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6290     return SQLITE_OK;
6291   }
6292 
6293   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6294   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6295   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6296 }
6297 
6298 /*
6299 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6300 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6301 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6302 ** state if an error occurs.
6303 **
6304 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6305 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6306 **
6307 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6308 **
6309 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6310 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6311 **      was opened, and
6312 **
6313 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6314 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6315 **
6316 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6317 ** rollback is successful.
6318 **
6319 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6320 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6321 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6322 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6323 */
6324 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6325   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6326   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6327 
6328   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6329   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6330   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6331   */
6332   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6333   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6334   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6335 
6336   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6337     int rc2;
6338     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6339     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6340     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6341   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6342     int eState = pPager->eState;
6343     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6344     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6345       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6346       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6347       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6348       */
6349       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6350       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6351       return rc;
6352     }
6353   }else{
6354     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6355   }
6356 
6357   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6358   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6359           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6360           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6361   );
6362 
6363   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6364   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6365   */
6366   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6367 }
6368 
6369 /*
6370 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6371 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6372 */
6373 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6374   return pPager->readOnly;
6375 }
6376 
6377 /*
6378 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6379 */
6380 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6381   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6382 }
6383 
6384 /*
6385 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6386 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6387 */
6388 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6389   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6390                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6391   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6392            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6393            + pPager->pageSize;
6394 }
6395 
6396 /*
6397 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6398 */
6399 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6400   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6401 }
6402 
6403 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6404 /*
6405 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6406 */
6407 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6408   static int a[11];
6409   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6410   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6411   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6412   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6413   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6414   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6415   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6416   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6417   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6418   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6419   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6420   return a;
6421 }
6422 #endif
6423 
6424 /*
6425 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6426 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6427 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6428 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6429 ** returning.
6430 */
6431 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6432 
6433   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6434        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6435        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6436   );
6437 
6438   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6439   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6440   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6441 
6442   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6443   if( reset ){
6444     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6445   }
6446 }
6447 
6448 /*
6449 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6450 */
6451 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6452   return MEMDB;
6453 }
6454 
6455 /*
6456 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6457 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6458 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6459 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6460 **
6461 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6462 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6463 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6464 */
6465 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6466   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6467   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6468 
6469   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6470   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6471 
6472   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
6473     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
6474     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6475 
6476     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6477     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6478     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6479     */
6480     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6481         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6482     );
6483     if( !aNew ){
6484       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6485     }
6486     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6487     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6488 
6489     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6490     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6491       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6492       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6493         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6494       }else{
6495         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6496       }
6497       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6498       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6499       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6500         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6501       }
6502       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6503         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6504       }
6505       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6506     }
6507     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6508     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6509   }
6510 
6511   return rc;
6512 }
6513 
6514 /*
6515 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6516 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6517 ** created savepoint.
6518 **
6519 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6520 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6521 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6522 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6523 **
6524 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6525 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6526 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6527 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6528 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6529 **
6530 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6531 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6532 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6533 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6534 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6535 **
6536 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6537 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6538 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6539 **
6540 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6541 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6542 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6543 */
6544 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6545   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6546 
6547   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6548   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6549 
6550   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6551     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6552     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6553 
6554     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6555     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6556     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6557     */
6558     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6559     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6560       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6561     }
6562     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6563 
6564     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6565     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6566     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6567       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6568         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6569         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6570           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6571           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6572         }
6573         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6574       }
6575     }
6576     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6577     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6578     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6579     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6580     */
6581     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6582       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6583       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6584       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6585     }
6586   }
6587 
6588   return rc;
6589 }
6590 
6591 /*
6592 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6593 **
6594 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6595 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6596 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6597 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6598 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6599 ** participate in shared-cache.
6600 */
6601 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6602   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6603 }
6604 
6605 /*
6606 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6607 */
6608 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6609   return pPager->pVfs;
6610 }
6611 
6612 /*
6613 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6614 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6615 ** not yet been opened.
6616 */
6617 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6618   return pPager->fd;
6619 }
6620 
6621 /*
6622 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6623 */
6624 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6625   return pPager->zJournal;
6626 }
6627 
6628 /*
6629 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6630 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6631 */
6632 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6633   return pPager->noSync;
6634 }
6635 
6636 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6637 /*
6638 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6639 */
6640 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6641   Pager *pPager,
6642   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6643   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6644   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6645   void *pCodec
6646 ){
6647   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6648   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6649   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6650   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6651   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6652   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6653 }
6654 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6655   return pPager->pCodec;
6656 }
6657 
6658 /*
6659 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6660 ** into the log file.
6661 **
6662 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6663 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6664 */
6665 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6666   void *aData = 0;
6667   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6668   return aData;
6669 }
6670 
6671 /*
6672 ** Return the current pager state
6673 */
6674 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6675   return pPager->eState;
6676 }
6677 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6678 
6679 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6680 /*
6681 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6682 **
6683 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6684 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6685 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6686 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6687 **
6688 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6689 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6690 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6691 **
6692 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6693 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6694 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6695 ** transaction is active).
6696 **
6697 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6698 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6699 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6700 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6701 **
6702 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6703 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6704 */
6705 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6706   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6707   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6708   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6709   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6710 
6711   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6712   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6713        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6714   );
6715   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6716 
6717   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6718   ** the page we are moving from.
6719   */
6720   if( MEMDB ){
6721     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6722     if( rc ) return rc;
6723   }
6724 
6725   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6726   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6727   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6728   **
6729   **   BEGIN;
6730   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6731   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6732   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6733   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6734   **
6735   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6736   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6737   ** statement were is processed.
6738   **
6739   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6740   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6741   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6742   */
6743   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
6744    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
6745    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
6746   ){
6747     return rc;
6748   }
6749 
6750   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6751       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6752   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6753 
6754   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6755   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6756   **
6757   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6758   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6759   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6760   */
6761   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6762     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6763     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6764             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6765     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6766   }
6767 
6768   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6769   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6770   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6771   ** for the page moved there.
6772   */
6773   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6774   pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
6775   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6776   if( pPgOld ){
6777     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6778     if( MEMDB ){
6779       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6780       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6781       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6782     }else{
6783       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6784     }
6785   }
6786 
6787   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6788   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6789   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6790 
6791   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6792   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6793   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6794   */
6795   if( MEMDB ){
6796     assert( pPgOld );
6797     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6798     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6799   }
6800 
6801   if( needSyncPgno ){
6802     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6803     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6804     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6805     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6806     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6807     ** flag.
6808     **
6809     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6810     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6811     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6812     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6813     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6814     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6815     */
6816     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6817     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6818     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6819       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6820         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6821         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6822       }
6823       return rc;
6824     }
6825     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6826     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6827     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6828   }
6829 
6830   return SQLITE_OK;
6831 }
6832 #endif
6833 
6834 /*
6835 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6836 */
6837 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6838   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6839   return pPg->pData;
6840 }
6841 
6842 /*
6843 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6844 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6845 */
6846 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6847   return pPg->pExtra;
6848 }
6849 
6850 /*
6851 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6852 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6853 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6854 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6855 **
6856 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6857 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6858 ** locking-mode.
6859 */
6860 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6861   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6862             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6863             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6864   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6865   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6866   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6867   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6868     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6869   }
6870   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6871 }
6872 
6873 /*
6874 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6875 **
6876 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6877 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6878 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6879 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6880 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6881 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6882 **
6883 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6884 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6885 **
6886 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6887 **      or _MEMORY.
6888 **
6889 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6890 **
6891 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6892 */
6893 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6894   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6895 
6896 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6897   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6898   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6899   print_pager_state(pPager);
6900 #endif
6901 
6902 
6903   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6904   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6905             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6906             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6907             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6908             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6909             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6910 
6911   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6912   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6913   ** to WAL mode.
6914   */
6915   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6916 
6917   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6918   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6919   */
6920   if( MEMDB ){
6921     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6922     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6923       eMode = eOld;
6924     }
6925   }
6926 
6927   if( eMode!=eOld ){
6928 
6929     /* Change the journal mode. */
6930     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6931     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6932 
6933     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6934     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6935     ** delete the journal file.
6936     */
6937     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6938     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6939     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6940     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6941     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6942     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6943 
6944     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6945     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6946 
6947       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6948       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6949       ** here is an optimization only.
6950       **
6951       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6952       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6953       ** while it is in use by some other client.
6954       */
6955       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6956       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6957         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6958       }else{
6959         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6960         int state = pPager->eState;
6961         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
6962         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6963           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
6964         }
6965         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
6966           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6967           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
6968         }
6969         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6970           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6971         }
6972         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
6973           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6974         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6975           pager_unlock(pPager);
6976         }
6977         assert( state==pPager->eState );
6978       }
6979     }
6980   }
6981 
6982   /* Return the new journal mode */
6983   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6984 }
6985 
6986 /*
6987 ** Return the current journal mode.
6988 */
6989 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6990   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6991 }
6992 
6993 /*
6994 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
6995 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
6996 ** is unmodified.
6997 */
6998 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6999   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7000   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7001   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7002   return 1;
7003 }
7004 
7005 /*
7006 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7007 **
7008 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7009 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7010 */
7011 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7012   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7013     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7014     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7015   }
7016   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7017 }
7018 
7019 /*
7020 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7021 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7022 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7023 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7024 */
7025 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7026   return &pPager->pBackup;
7027 }
7028 
7029 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7030 /*
7031 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7032 */
7033 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7034   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7035 }
7036 #endif
7037 
7038 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7039 /*
7040 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7041 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7042 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7043 **
7044 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7045 */
7046 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7047   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7048   if( pPager->pWal ){
7049     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7050         pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7051         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7052         pnLog, pnCkpt
7053     );
7054   }
7055   return rc;
7056 }
7057 
7058 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7059   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7060 }
7061 
7062 /*
7063 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7064 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7065 */
7066 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7067   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7068   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7069 }
7070 
7071 /*
7072 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7073 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7074 */
7075 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7076   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7077 
7078   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7079   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7080   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7081     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7082     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7083     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7084   }
7085 
7086   return rc;
7087 }
7088 
7089 /*
7090 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7091 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7092 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7093 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7094 */
7095 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7096   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7097 
7098   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7099   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7100 
7101   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7102   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7103   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7104   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7105   */
7106   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7107     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7108   }
7109 
7110   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7111   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7112   */
7113   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7114     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7115         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7116         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7117     );
7118   }
7119   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7120 
7121   return rc;
7122 }
7123 
7124 
7125 /*
7126 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7127 ** this function.
7128 **
7129 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7130 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7131 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7132 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7133 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7134 ** not modified in either case.
7135 **
7136 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7137 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7138 ** without doing anything.
7139 */
7140 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7141   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7142   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7143 ){
7144   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7145 
7146   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7147   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7148   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7149   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7150   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7151 
7152   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7153     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7154 
7155     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7156     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7157 
7158     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7159     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7160       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7161       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7162     }
7163   }else{
7164     *pbOpen = 1;
7165   }
7166 
7167   return rc;
7168 }
7169 
7170 /*
7171 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7172 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7173 **
7174 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7175 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7176 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7177 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7178 */
7179 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7180   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7181 
7182   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7183 
7184   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7185   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7186   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7187   */
7188   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7189     int logexists = 0;
7190     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7191     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7192       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7193           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7194       );
7195     }
7196     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7197       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7198     }
7199   }
7200 
7201   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7202   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7203   */
7204   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7205     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7206     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7207       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7208                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7209       pPager->pWal = 0;
7210       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7211     }
7212   }
7213   return rc;
7214 }
7215 
7216 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7217 
7218 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7219 /*
7220 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7221 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7222 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7223 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7224 ** is empty, return 0.
7225 */
7226 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7227   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
7228   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7229 }
7230 #endif
7231 
7232 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7233